blob: d0a55b57c61fffb71eb2c9c9cca8a1008747180c [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000014#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000017#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000023#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000024#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000025#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000026#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000027#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000028#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000029#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000030#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000042#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000043#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000044#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000045#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000046#include <algorithm>
47#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000048#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000049#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000050#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000051#include <set>
52#include <utility>
53#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000054
55using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000056using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000057
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000058namespace {
59 class UnqualUsingEntry {
60 const DeclContext *Nominated;
61 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000062
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000063 public:
64 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
65 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
66 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
67 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000068
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000069 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
70 return CommonAncestor;
71 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000072
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000073 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
74 return Nominated;
75 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000076
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000077 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
78 struct Comparator {
79 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
80 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
81 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000082
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000083 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
84 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
85 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000086
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000087 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
88 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
89 }
90 };
91 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000092
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000093 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
94 /// lookup.
95 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000096 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000097
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000098 ListTy list;
99 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000100
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000101 public:
102 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000103
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000104 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000105 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000106 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
107 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
108 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000109 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000110 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000111
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000112 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000113 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
114 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
115 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000116 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000117 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
118 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
119 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000120 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
121 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000122 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000123 }
124 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000125
126 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
127 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
128 // declared in the context.
129 //
130 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
131 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
132 // the effective DCs right.
133 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000134 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000135 return;
136
137 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
138 }
139
140 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
141 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
142 // were declared in the effective DC.
143 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
144 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000145 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000146 return;
147
148 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
149 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
150 }
151
152 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
153 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
154 // the given effective context.
155 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000156 SmallVector<DeclContext*,4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000157 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000158 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000159 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000160 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000161 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
162 queue.push_back(NS);
163 }
164 }
165
166 if (queue.empty())
167 return;
168
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000169 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000170 }
171 }
172
173 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
174 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
175 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
176 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
177 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
178 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
179 // the first.
180 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
181 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
182 // the nominated namespace.
183 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
184 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
185 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000186 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000187
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000188 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
189 }
190
191 void done() {
192 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
193 }
194
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000195 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000196
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000197 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
198 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
199
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000200 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000201 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000202 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
203 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
204 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000205 }
206 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000207}
208
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
210// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000211static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
212 bool CPlusPlus,
213 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000214 unsigned IDNS = 0;
215 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000216 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000217 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000218 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000219 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000220 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000221 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000222 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000223 if (Redeclaration)
224 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000225 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000226 if (Redeclaration)
227 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000228 break;
229
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000230 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
231 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
232 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
233 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
234 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
235 break;
236
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000237 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000238 if (CPlusPlus) {
239 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
240
241 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
242 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
243 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
244 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
245 // "overload" with tag decls.
246 if (Redeclaration)
247 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
248 } else {
249 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
250 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000251 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000252
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000253 case Sema::LookupLabel:
254 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
255 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000256
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000257 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
258 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
259 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000260 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000261 break;
262
263 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000264 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
265 break;
266
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000267 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000268 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000269 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000270
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000271 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000272 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
273 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
274 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
275 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000276 break;
277
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000278 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
279 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
280 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000281
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000282 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000283 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000284 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
285 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
286 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000287 }
288 return IDNS;
289}
290
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000291void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000292 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000293 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000294
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000295 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
296 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
297 // operators can be found.
298 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
299 case OO_New:
300 case OO_Delete:
301 case OO_Array_New:
302 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000303 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000304 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000305
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000306 default:
307 break;
308 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000309
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000310 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
311 // up being declared.
312 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
313 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000314 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000315 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000316 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000317 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000318}
319
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000320bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000321 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000322 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
323 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
324 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
325 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
326 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
327 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
328 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000329 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
330 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000331 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
332 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
333 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000334 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000335}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000336
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000337// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000338void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000339 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000340}
341
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000342/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
343/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000344static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000345 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
346 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
347 // those.
348 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
349 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
350 return DC;
351
352 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
353 // declaration must have been found there.
354 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
355}
356
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000357/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000358void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000359 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000360
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000361 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000362 if (N == 0) {
John McCall7fe6e9c2010-01-15 21:27:01 +0000363 assert(ResultKind == NotFound || ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000364 return;
365 }
366
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000367 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
368 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000369 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000370 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
371 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000372 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000373 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000374 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
375 return;
376 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000377
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000378 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000379 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000380
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000381 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 16> Unique;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000382 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000383
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000384 bool Ambiguous = false;
385 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false, HasNonFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000386 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000387
388 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000389
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000390 unsigned I = 0;
391 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000392 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
393 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000394
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000395 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
396 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && I < N-1) {
397 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
398 continue;
399 }
400
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000401 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
402 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
403 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
404 // canonical type.
405 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
406 if (!TD->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000407 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000408 if (!UniqueTypes.insert(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T)).second) {
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000409 // The type is not unique; pull something off the back and continue
410 // at this index.
411 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
412 continue;
413 }
414 }
415 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000416
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000417 if (!Unique.insert(D).second) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000418 // If it's not unique, pull something off the back (and
419 // continue at this index).
Richard Smithe8292b12015-02-10 03:28:10 +0000420 // FIXME: This is wrong. We need to take the more recent declaration in
Richard Smithfe620d22015-03-05 23:24:12 +0000421 // order to get the right type, default arguments, etc. We also need to
422 // prefer visible declarations to hidden ones (for redeclaration lookup
423 // in modules builds).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000424 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000425 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000426 }
427
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000428 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000429
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000430 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
431 HasUnresolved = true;
432 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
433 if (HasTag)
434 Ambiguous = true;
435 UniqueTagIndex = I;
436 HasTag = true;
437 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
438 HasFunction = true;
439 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
440 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
441 HasFunction = true;
442 } else {
443 if (HasNonFunction)
444 Ambiguous = true;
445 HasNonFunction = true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000446 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000447 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000448 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000449
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000450 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
451 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
452 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
453 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
454 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
455 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
456 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
457 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
458 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000459 if (HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000460 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000461 if (getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
462 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1])))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000463 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
464 else
465 Ambiguous = true;
466 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000467
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000468 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000469
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000470 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000471 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000472
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000473 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000474 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000475 else if (HasUnresolved)
476 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000477 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000478 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000479 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000480 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000481}
482
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000483void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000484 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000485 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000486 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
487 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000488 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000489}
490
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000491void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000492 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
493 Paths->swap(P);
494 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
495 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000496 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000497}
498
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000499void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000500 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
501 Paths->swap(P);
502 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
503 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000504 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000505}
506
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000507void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000508 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
509 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
510 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000511
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000512 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
513 Out << "\n";
514 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
515 }
516}
517
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000518/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
519/// fail.
520static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
521 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
522
523 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
524 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
525 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
526 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
527 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
528 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
529 if (II) {
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000530 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
531 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
532 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
533 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
534 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
535 return true;
536 }
537
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000538 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
539 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
540 // In C++, we don't have any predefined library functions like
541 // 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000542 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000543 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
544 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000545
546 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
547 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000548 R.isForRedeclaration(),
549 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000550 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000551 return true;
552 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000553 }
554 }
555 }
556
557 return false;
558}
559
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000560/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
561/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000562static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000563 // We need to have a definition for the class.
564 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
565 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000566
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000567 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000568 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000569}
570
571void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000572 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000573 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000574
575 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000576 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000577 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000578
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000579 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000580 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000581 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000582
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000583 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000584 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000585 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
586
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000587 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000588 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
589 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
590 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
591
592 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
593 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
594 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
595 }
596
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000597 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000598 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000599 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000600}
601
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000602/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000603/// special member function.
604static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
605 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000606 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000607 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
608 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000609
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000610 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
611 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000612
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000613 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000614 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000615 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000616
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000617 return false;
618}
619
620/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
621/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000622static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000623 DeclarationName Name,
624 const DeclContext *DC) {
625 if (!DC)
626 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000627
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000628 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000629 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
630 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000631 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000632 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000633 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000634 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000635 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000636 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000637 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000638 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
639 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000640 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000641 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000642
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000643 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
644 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000645 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000646 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000647 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000648 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000649
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000650 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
651 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
652 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000653
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000654 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000655 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000656 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000657 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000658 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000659 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000660 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
661 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
662 }
663 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000664 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000665
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000666 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000667 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000668 }
669}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000670
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000671// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
672// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000673static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000674 bool Found = false;
675
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000676 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000677 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000678 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000679
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000680 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000681 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
682 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000683 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000684 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000685 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000686 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000687 Found = true;
688 }
689 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000690
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000691 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
692 return true;
693
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000694 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000695 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
696 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
697 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
698 return Found;
699
700 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000701 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000702 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
703 // context of the use are considered. [...]
704 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000705 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000706 return Found;
707
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000708 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
709 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000710 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
711 if (!ConvTemplate)
712 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000713
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000714 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000715 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
716 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000717 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
718 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
719 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
720 Found = true;
721 continue;
722 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000723
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000724 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000725 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
726 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000727 // name lookup.
728 //
729 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
730 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000731 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000732 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
733 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000734 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000735 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000736
737 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000738 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
739 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000740
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000741 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
742 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
743 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000744 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000745 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000746 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000747 QualType ExpectedType
748 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000749 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000750
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000751 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
752 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000753 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000754 Specialization, Info)
755 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
756 R.addDecl(Specialization);
757 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000758 }
759 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000760
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000761 return Found;
762}
763
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000764// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000765static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000766CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000767 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000768
769 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
770
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000771 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000772 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000773
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000774 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
775 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000776 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
777 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000778 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000779
780 R.resolveKind();
781
782 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000783}
784
785static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000786 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000787 return Ctx->isFileContext();
788 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000789}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000790
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000791// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
792// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
793// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
794// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
795// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
796// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
797// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
798static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000799 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000800 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000801 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000802 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
803 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000804 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000805 break;
806 }
807 }
808
809 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
810 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
811 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
812 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
813 // a member of this namespace.
814 //
815 // Example:
816 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000817 // namespace N {
818 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000819 //
820 // template<class T> class B {
821 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000822 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000823 // }
824 //
825 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
826 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
827 // }
828 //
829 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
830 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000831 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000832 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
833 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
834
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000835 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000836 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
837 // template<class C>.
838 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
839 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
840 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
841 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000842
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000843 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
844 // the example, this is namespace N.
845 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
846 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
847 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000848
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000849 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
850 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
851 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
852 // example, this is the global scope.
853 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
854 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
855 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
856
857 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000858}
859
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000860namespace {
861/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
862/// declarations.
863struct FindLocalExternScope {
864 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
865 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
866 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
867 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
868 }
869 void restore() {
870 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
871 }
872 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
873 restore();
874 }
875 LookupResult &R;
876 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
877};
878}
879
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000880bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000881 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000882
883 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000884 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000885
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000886 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
887 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
888 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
889 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000890 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000891 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
892 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000893
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000894 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
895 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
896
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000897 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000898 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000899 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
900 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000901
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000902 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000903 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000904 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
905 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
906 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000907 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000908 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000909 //
910 // For example:
911 // namespace A { int i; }
912 // void foo() {
913 // int i;
914 // {
915 // using namespace A;
916 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
917 // }
918 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000919 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +0000920 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
921 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000922 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000923 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000924
925 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
926 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
927
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000928 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000929 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000930
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000931 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000932 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +0000933 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000934 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000935 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
936 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
937 // out-of-scope.
938 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
939 LeftStartingScope = true;
940
941 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +0000942 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
943 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
944 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
945 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000946 R.setShadowed();
947 continue;
948 }
949 }
950
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000951 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000952 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000953 }
954 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000955 if (Found) {
956 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000957 if (S->isClassScope())
958 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
959 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000960 return true;
961 }
962
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000963 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000964 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
965 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
966 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
967 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
968 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
969 return false;
970 }
971
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000972 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
973 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
974 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +0000975 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000976 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
977 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
978 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
979 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000980 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000981 }
982
983 if (Ctx) {
984 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
985 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +0000986 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000987 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
988 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
989
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +0000990 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000991 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
992 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
993 // non-transparent context.
994 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000995 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000996
997 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
998 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
999 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1000 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1001 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1002 // in the corresponding interface.
1003 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1004 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1005 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1006 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1007 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001008 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001009 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001010 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1011 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001012 R.resolveKind();
1013 return true;
1014 }
1015 }
1016 }
1017 }
1018
1019 continue;
1020 }
1021
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001022 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1023 // lookup considering using directives.
1024 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001025 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1026 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1027 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001028 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1029 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1030 continue;
1031
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001032 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001033 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001034
1035 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1036 // from local scopes.
1037 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1038 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1039 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1040 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1041 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1042
1043 UDirs.done();
1044
1045 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1046 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001047
1048 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1049 R.resolveKind();
1050 return true;
1051 }
1052
1053 continue;
1054 }
1055
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001056 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1057 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1058 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1059 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1060 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1061 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001062 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001063 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001064 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001065 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001066 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001067
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001068 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1069 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1070 if (!S) return false;
1071
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001072 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001073 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001074 return false;
1075
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001076 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001077 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001078 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001079 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1080 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001081 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1082 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1083 UDirs.done();
1084 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001085
1086 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1087 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1088 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1089 FindLocals.restore();
1090
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001091 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001092 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1093 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1094 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1095 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001096 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001097 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001098 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001099 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001100 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1101 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1102 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1103 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001104 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001105 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001106 }
1107 }
1108
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001109 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001110 R.resolveKind();
1111 return true;
1112 }
1113
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001114 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001115 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1116 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1117 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001118 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001119 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1120 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1121 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1122 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001123 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001124 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001125
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001126 if (Ctx) {
1127 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1128 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001129 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001130 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1131 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1132
1133 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1134 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1135 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1136 // non-transparent context.
1137 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1138 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001139
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001140 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1141 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1142 // look into that context.
1143 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1144 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1145 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001146
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001147 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1148 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1149 Found = true;
1150 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001151
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001152 if (Found) {
1153 R.resolveKind();
1154 return true;
1155 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001156
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001157 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1158 return false;
1159 }
1160 }
1161
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001162 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001163 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001164 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001165
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001166 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001167}
1168
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001169/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1170/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1171static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1172 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1173}
1174
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001175Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1176 // If it's imported, grab its owning module.
1177 Module *M = Entity->getImportedOwningModule();
1178 if (M || !isa<NamedDecl>(Entity) || !cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->isHidden())
1179 return M;
1180 assert(!Entity->isFromASTFile() &&
1181 "hidden entity from AST file has no owning module");
1182
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001183 if (!getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1184 // If we're not tracking visibility locally, the only way a declaration
1185 // can be hidden and local is if it's hidden because it's parent is (for
1186 // instance, maybe this is a lazily-declared special member of an imported
1187 // class).
1188 auto *Parent = cast<NamedDecl>(Entity->getDeclContext());
1189 assert(Parent->isHidden() && "unexpectedly hidden decl");
1190 return getOwningModule(Parent);
1191 }
1192
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001193 // It's local and hidden; grab or compute its owning module.
1194 M = Entity->getLocalOwningModule();
1195 if (M)
1196 return M;
1197
1198 if (auto *Containing =
1199 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Entity->getLocation())) {
1200 M = Containing;
1201 } else if (Entity->isInvalidDecl() || Entity->getLocation().isInvalid()) {
1202 // Don't bother tracking visibility for invalid declarations with broken
1203 // locations.
1204 cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->setHidden(false);
1205 } else {
1206 // We need to assign a module to an entity that exists outside of any
1207 // module, so that we can hide it from modules that we textually enter.
1208 // Invent a fake module for all such entities.
1209 if (!CachedFakeTopLevelModule) {
1210 CachedFakeTopLevelModule =
1211 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap().findOrCreateModule(
1212 "<top-level>", nullptr, false, false).first;
1213
1214 auto &SrcMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
1215 SourceLocation StartLoc =
1216 SrcMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
1217 auto &TopLevel =
1218 VisibleModulesStack.empty() ? VisibleModules : VisibleModulesStack[0];
1219 TopLevel.setVisible(CachedFakeTopLevelModule, StartLoc);
1220 }
1221
1222 M = CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1223 }
1224
1225 if (M)
1226 Entity->setLocalOwningModule(M);
1227 return M;
1228}
1229
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001230void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001231 if (auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc))
1232 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
1233 else
1234 // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
1235 ND->setHidden(false);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001236}
1237
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001238/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001239static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001240 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1241 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1242 // the module containing the pattern.
1243 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1244 Entity = Pattern;
1245 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001246 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1247 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001248 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1249 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1250 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1251 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1252 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1253 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1254 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1255 }
1256
1257 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1258 // from a template.
1259 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1260 if (Context->isFileContext())
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001261 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1262 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001263}
1264
1265llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1266 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1267 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1268 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001269 Module *M =
1270 getDefiningModule(*this, ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001271 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001272 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001273 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1274 }
1275 return LookupModulesCache;
1276}
1277
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001278bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1279 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1280 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1281 return true;
1282 return false;
1283}
1284
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001285/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1286///
1287/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1288/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1289/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1290/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1291/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1292/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1293bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001294 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001295 Module *DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1296 if (!DeclModule) {
1297 // getOwningModule() may have decided the declaration should not be hidden.
1298 assert(!D->isHidden() && "hidden decl not from a module");
1299 return true;
1300 }
1301
1302 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1303 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1304 // top-level module.)
1305 if (!D->isFromASTFile() || !D->isModulePrivate()) {
1306 if (SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule))
1307 return true;
1308 // Also check merged definitions.
1309 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility &&
1310 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D))
1311 return true;
1312 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001313
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001314 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1315 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1316 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
1317 if (!D->isModulePrivate() &&
1318 DC && !DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001319 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1320 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1321 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
1322 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
1323 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1324 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001325 if (SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1326 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1327 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001328 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1329 // its parent has a visible definition.
1330 D->setHidden(false);
1331 }
1332 return true;
1333 }
1334 return false;
1335 }
1336
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001337 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1338 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1339 if (LookupModules.empty())
1340 return false;
1341
1342 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1343 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1344 return true;
1345
1346 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1347 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1348 return false;
1349
1350 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1351 // the lookup set.
1352 for (llvm::DenseSet<Module *>::iterator I = LookupModules.begin(),
1353 E = LookupModules.end();
1354 I != E; ++I)
1355 if ((*I)->isModuleVisible(DeclModule))
1356 return true;
1357 return false;
1358}
1359
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001360bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1361 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1362}
1363
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001364/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1365///
1366/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1367/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1368/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001369///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001370/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1371/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001372static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1373 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001374
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001375 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
1376 if (auto ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(RD)) {
Richard Smithe8292b12015-02-10 03:28:10 +00001377 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1378 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1379 // carefully.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001380 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001381 return ND;
1382 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001383 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001384
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001385 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001386}
1387
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001388NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001389 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001390}
1391
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001392/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1393/// scope.
1394///
1395/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1396/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1397/// @code
1398/// int x;
1399/// int f() {
1400/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1401/// }
1402/// @endcode
1403///
1404/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1405/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1406/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1407/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1408/// class LookupCriteria.
1409///
1410/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1411/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1412/// in the parent scopes.
1413///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001414/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1415/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1416/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1417/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001418///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001419/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001420bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1421 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001422 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001423
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001424 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1425
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001426 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001427 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1428 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001429 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001430 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1431 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001432 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001433 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001434 }
1435
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001436 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1437 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1438
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001439 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1440 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1441 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1442 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001443 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1444
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001445 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001446 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001447 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001448 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001449 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1450 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1451 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001452 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001453 LeftStartingScope = true;
1454
1455 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1456 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001457 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1458 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001459 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001460 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001461 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001462 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1463 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1464 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001465
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001466 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001467
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001468 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1469 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001470 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001471 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1472 // actually exists in a Scope).
1473 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1474 S = S->getParent();
1475
1476 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1477 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1478 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1479 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001480 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001481
1482 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001483 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001484 if (!S)
1485 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1486
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001487 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1488 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001489 if (S) {
1490 // Match based on scope.
1491 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1492 break;
1493 } else {
1494 // Match based on DeclContext.
1495 DeclContext *LastDC
1496 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1497 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1498 break;
1499 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001500
1501 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1502 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1503 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001504 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001505
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001506 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001507 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001508
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001509 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001510 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001511 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001512 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001513 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001514 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001515 }
1516
1517 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1518 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1519 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001520 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1521 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001522
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001523 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1524 // may be able to handle the situation.
1525 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1526 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1527 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001528}
1529
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001530/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1531/// using directives by the given context.
1532///
1533/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001534/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001535/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1536/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1537/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1538/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1539/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1540/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1541/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1542/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1543/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1544/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1545/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1546/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001547///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001548/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1549/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1550/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1551/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1552/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1553/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1554/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1555/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1556/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001557static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001558 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001559 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1560
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001561 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1562 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001563
1564 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001565 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001566 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1567
1568 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1569 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001570 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001571
1572 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1573 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001574 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1575 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001576 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001577 Queue.push_back(ND);
1578 }
1579
1580 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1581 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1582 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1583 // a tag.
1584 bool FoundTag = false;
1585 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1586
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001587 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001588
1589 bool Found = false;
1590 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001591 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001592
1593 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1594 // between LookupResults.
1595 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001596 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001597 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001598
1599 if (FoundDirect) {
1600 // First do any local hiding.
1601 DirectR.resolveKind();
1602
1603 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1604 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1605 FoundTag = true;
1606 else
1607 FoundNonTag = true;
1608
1609 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1610 if (UseLocal) {
1611 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1612 LocalR.clear();
1613 }
1614 }
1615
1616 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1617 if (FoundDirect) {
1618 Found = true;
1619 continue;
1620 }
1621
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001622 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001623 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001624 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001625 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1626 }
1627 }
1628
1629 if (Found) {
1630 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1631 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1632 else
1633 R.resolveKind();
1634 }
1635
1636 return Found;
1637}
1638
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001639/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001640static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001641 CXXBasePath &Path,
1642 void *Name) {
1643 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001644
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001645 DeclarationName N = DeclarationName::getFromOpaquePtr(Name);
1646 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(N);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001647 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001648}
1649
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001650/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001651/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1652template<typename InputIterator>
1653static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1654 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1655 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1656 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001657
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001658 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1659 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1660 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1661 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1662 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001663
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001664 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1665 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1666 break;
1667 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001668
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001669 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1670 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1671 break;
1672 }
1673 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001674
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001675 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1676 return true;
1677 }
1678
1679 return false;
1680}
1681
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001682/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001683///
1684/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1685/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001686/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001687///
1688/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1689/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1690/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1691/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1692/// class LookupCriteria.
1693///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001694/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1695///
1696/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001697/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1698/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1699///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001700/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001701/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001702///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001703/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1704bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1705 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001706 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001707
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001708 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001709 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001710
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001711 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1712 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1713 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001714 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001715 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001716 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001717
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001718 // Perform qualified name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001719 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001720 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001721 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1722 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001723 return true;
1724 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001725
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001726 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1727 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1728 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1729 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1730 // for the namespace member has the form
1731 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1732 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1733 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1734 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001735 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001736 return false;
1737
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001738 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001739 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001740 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001741
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001742 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001743 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001744 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001745 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001746 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001747
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001748 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1749 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001750 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001751 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1752 // or we have to fail.
1753 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1754 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1755 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1756 return false;
1757 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001758
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001759 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001760 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1761 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001762
1763 // Look for this member in our base classes
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001764 CXXRecordDecl::BaseMatchesCallback *BaseCallback = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001765 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001766 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001767 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1768 case LookupMemberName:
1769 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001770 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001771 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1772 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001773
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001774 case LookupTagName:
1775 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
1776 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001777
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001778 case LookupAnyName:
1779 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
1780 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001781
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001782 case LookupUsingDeclName:
1783 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001784
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001785 case LookupOperatorName:
1786 case LookupNamespaceName:
1787 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00001788 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001789 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001790 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001791
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001792 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
1793 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
1794 break;
1795 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001796
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001797 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(BaseCallback,
1798 R.getLookupName().getAsOpaquePtr(), Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001799 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001800
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001801 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
1802
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001803 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
1804 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
1805 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
1806 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
1807 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
1808 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001809 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00001810 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00001811 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001812
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001813 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001814 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001815 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001816
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00001817 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
1818 // across all paths.
1819 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001820
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001821 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
1822 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001823 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001824 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
1825 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001826 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001827 }
1828
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001829 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001830 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
1831 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001832 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00001833 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001834 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001835 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001836 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
1837 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001838
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001839 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1840 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001841 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
1842 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
1843 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001844
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001845 ++FirstD;
1846 ++CurrentD;
1847 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001848
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001849 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1850 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001851 continue;
1852 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001853
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001854 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
1855 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001856 }
1857
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001858 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001859 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
1860
1861 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
1862 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
1863 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001864 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001865 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001866 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001867
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001868 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
1869 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001870 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
1871 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001872 }
1873 }
1874
1875 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
1876
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00001877 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001878 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
1879 D->getAccess());
1880 R.addDecl(D, AS);
1881 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001882 R.resolveKind();
1883 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001884}
1885
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00001886/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
1887/// "__super::" scope specifier.
1888///
1889/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
1890/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
1891/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
1892///
1893/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1894///
1895/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
1896/// search.
1897///
1898/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
1899///
1900/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1901bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1902 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
1903 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
1904 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
1905 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
1906 else
1907
1908 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
1909}
1910
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001911/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
1912/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
1913///
1914/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
1915/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
1916/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
1917/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00001918/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
1919/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001920///
1921/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1922/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001923///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001924/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001925///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001926/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
1927/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
1928///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001929/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001930bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001931 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001932 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
1933 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001934 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001935 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001936 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001937
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001938 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00001939 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
1940 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
1941 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
1942
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001943 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001944 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001945 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00001946 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001947 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001948
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001949 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001950 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001951 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001952
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001953 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001954 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001955 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00001956 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1957 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001958 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001959 }
1960
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001961 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001962 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001963}
1964
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00001965/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
1966/// class.
1967///
1968/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1969///
1970/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
1971/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00001972///
1973/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
1974bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00001975 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
1976 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
1977 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1978 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
1979 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
1980 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
1981 for (auto *Decl : Result)
1982 R.addDecl(Decl);
1983 }
1984
1985 R.resolveKind();
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00001986
1987 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00001988}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001989
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001990/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001991/// from name lookup.
1992///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001993/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001994void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001995 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
1996
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001997 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
1998 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
1999 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
2000
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002001 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
2002 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
2003 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
2004 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
2005 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
2006 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
2007 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002008
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002009 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002010 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
2011 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2012 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002013
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002014 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002015 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002016 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002017
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002018 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002019 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2020 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002021
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002022 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002023 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002024 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2025 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002026 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002027 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002028 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2029 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2030 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002031 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002032 }
2033
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002034 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2035 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002036
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002037 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*,8> TagDecls;
2038
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002039 for (auto *D : Result)
2040 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002041 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2042 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2043 }
2044
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002045 for (auto *D : Result)
2046 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2047 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002048
2049 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002050 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2051 while (F.hasNext()) {
2052 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2053 F.erase();
2054 }
2055 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002056 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002057 }
2058
2059 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2060 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002061
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002062 for (auto *D : Result)
2063 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002064 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002065 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002066 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002067}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002068
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002069namespace {
2070 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002071 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002072 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2073 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002074 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2075 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002076 }
2077
2078 Sema &S;
2079 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2080 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002081 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002082 };
2083}
2084
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002085static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002086addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002087
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002088static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2089 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2090 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2091
2092 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2093 // be a locally scoped record.
2094
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002095 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2096 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2097 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2098 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2099 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002100 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2101
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002102 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002103 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002104}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002105
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002106// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002107// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002108static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002109addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2110 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002111 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002112 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002113 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2114 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2115 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002116
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002117 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2118 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2119 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2120 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002121 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002122 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002123
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002124 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002125 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002126 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2127 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002128 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002129 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002130 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002131 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002132 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2133 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002134 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002135 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002136 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002137 }
2138 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002139 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002140
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002141 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002142 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2143 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002144 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002145 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002146 // associated namespaces. ]
2147 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002149 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002150 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2151 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002152 break;
2153 }
2154}
2155
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002156// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002157// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2158// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2159static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002160addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2161 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2162
2163 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2164 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2165 return;
2166
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002167 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2168 // [...]
2169 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2170 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2171 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2172 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002173 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002174
2175 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2176 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2177 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002178 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002179 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002180 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002181
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002182 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2183 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002184 //
2185 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2186 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2187 // added its base classes yet.
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002188 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class).second)
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002189 return;
2190
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002191 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2192 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002193 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002194 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002195 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002196 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2197 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2198 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002199 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002200 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002201 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2202 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2203 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002204 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002205 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002206 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002207
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002208 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2209 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002210 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002211 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002212
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002213 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002214 if (!Class->hasDefinition())
2215 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002216
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002217 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2218 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002219 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002220 Bases.push_back(Class);
2221 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2222 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002223 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002224
2225 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002226 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2227 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002228 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2229 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2230 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2231 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2232 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2233 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2234 if (!BaseType)
2235 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002236 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002237 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl).second) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002238 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2239 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002240 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002241
2242 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2243 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2244 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2245 }
2246 }
2247 }
2248}
2249
2250// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2251// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002252// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2253static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002254addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002255 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2256 //
2257 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2258 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2259 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2260 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2261 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2262 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2263 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2264 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002265
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002266 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002267 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2268
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002269 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002270 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2271
2272#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2273#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2274#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2275#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2276#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2277#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2278 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2279 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2280 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2281 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2282 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002283 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002284
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002285 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2286 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2287 case Type::Pointer:
2288 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2289 continue;
2290 case Type::ConstantArray:
2291 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2292 case Type::VariableArray:
2293 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2294 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002295
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002296 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2297 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2298 case Type::Builtin:
2299 break;
2300
2301 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2302 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2303 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2304 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2305 // which its associated classes are defined.
2306 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002307 Result.S.RequireCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc, QualType(T, 0),
2308 /*no diagnostic*/ 0);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002309 CXXRecordDecl *Class
2310 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002311 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002312 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002313 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002314
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002315 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2316 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002317 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002318 // it has no associated class.
2319 case Type::Enum: {
2320 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002321
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002322 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2323 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002324 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002325
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002326 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002327 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002328
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002329 break;
2330 }
2331
2332 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2333 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2334 // types and those associated with the return type.
2335 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2336 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002337 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2338 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002339 // fallthrough
2340 }
2341 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2342 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002343 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002344 continue;
2345 }
2346
2347 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2348 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2349 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2350 // together with those associated with X.
2351 //
2352 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2353 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2354 // with the member type together with those associated with
2355 // X.
2356 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2357 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2358
2359 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2360 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2361
2362 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2363 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2364 continue;
2365 }
2366
2367 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2368 case Type::BlockPointer:
2369 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2370 continue;
2371
2372 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2373 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2374 case Type::LValueReference:
2375 case Type::RValueReference:
2376 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2377 continue;
2378
2379 // These are fundamental types.
2380 case Type::Vector:
2381 case Type::ExtVector:
2382 case Type::Complex:
2383 break;
2384
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002385 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2386 case Type::Auto:
2387 break;
2388
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002389 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2390 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2391 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002392 case Type::ObjCObject:
2393 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2394 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002395 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002396 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002397
2398 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2399 // contained type.
2400 case Type::Atomic:
2401 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2402 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002403 }
2404
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002405 if (Queue.empty())
2406 break;
2407 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002408 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002409}
2410
2411/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2412/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2413/// arguments.
2414///
2415/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002416/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002417/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002418void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2419 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2420 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2421 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002422 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2423 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2424
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002425 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2426 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002427
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002428 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2429 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2430 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2431 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2432 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2433 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002434 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002435 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002436 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2437
2438 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002439 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002440 continue;
2441 }
2442
2443 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2444 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2445 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2446 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2447 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2448 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2449 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002450 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002451 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002452 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002453 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002454
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002455 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2456 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002457
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002458 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002459 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002460 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002461
2462 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2463 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002464 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002465 }
2466 }
2467}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002468
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002469NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002470 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002471 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2472 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002473 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002474 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002475 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002476}
2477
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002478/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002479ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002480 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2481 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002482 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002483 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002484 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2485}
2486
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002487void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002488 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002489 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002490 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2491 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2492 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2493 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2494 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002495 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002496 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002497 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2498 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002499
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002500 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002501 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002502}
2503
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002504Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002505 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2506 bool ConstArg,
2507 bool VolatileArg,
2508 bool RValueThis,
2509 bool ConstThis,
2510 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002511 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002512 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002513 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002514 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2515 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2516 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2517 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2518 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2519 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2520
2521 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002522 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002523 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2524 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2525 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2526 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2527 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2528 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2529
2530 void *InsertPoint;
2531 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2532 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2533
2534 // This was already cached
2535 if (Result)
2536 return Result;
2537
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002538 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2539 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002540 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2541
2542 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002543 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002544 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2545 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002546 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2547 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002548 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2549 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002550 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002551 return Result;
2552 }
2553
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002554 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2555 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002556 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002557 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002558 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002559 unsigned NumArgs;
2560
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002561 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2562 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2563
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002564 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2565 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2566 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002567 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2568 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002569 } else {
2570 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2571 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002572 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002573 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002574 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002575 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002576 } else {
2577 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002578 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002579 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002580 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002581 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002582 }
2583
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002584 if (ConstArg)
2585 ArgType.addConst();
2586 if (VolatileArg)
2587 ArgType.addVolatile();
2588
2589 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2590 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2591 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2592 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2593 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2594 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2595 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002596 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002597 VK = VK_LValue;
2598 else
2599 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002600 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002601
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002602 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2603
2604 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002605 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002606 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002607 }
2608
2609 // Create the object argument
2610 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2611 if (ConstThis)
2612 ThisTy.addConst();
2613 if (VolatileThis)
2614 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002615 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002616 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2617 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002618
2619 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2620 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2621 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002622 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation(), OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002623 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002624
2625 if (R.empty()) {
2626 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2627 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2628 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2629 // destructor.
2630 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2631 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2632 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2633 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
2634 return Result;
2635 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002636
2637 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2638 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2639 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2640
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002641 for (auto *Cand : Candidates) {
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002642 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002643 continue;
2644
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002645 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2646 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2647 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2648 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2649 // either.
2650 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2651
2652 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2653 continue;
2654 }
2655
2656 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002657 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002658 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002659 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2660 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002661 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002662 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2663 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002664 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002665 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002666 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2667 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002668 RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002669 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002670 OCS, true);
2671 else
2672 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002673 nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002674 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002675 } else {
2676 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002677 }
2678 }
2679
2680 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2681 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2682 case OR_Success:
2683 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002684 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002685 break;
2686
2687 case OR_Deleted:
2688 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002689 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002690 break;
2691
2692 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002693 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002694 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2695 break;
2696
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002697 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002698 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002699 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002700 break;
2701 }
2702
2703 return Result;
2704}
2705
2706/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2707CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002708 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002709 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2710 false, false);
2711
2712 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002713}
2714
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002715/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2716CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002717 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002718 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2719 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2720 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2721 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2722 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2723
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002724 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2725}
2726
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002727/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002728CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2729 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002730 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002731 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2732 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002733
2734 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2735}
2736
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002737/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2738DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002739 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002740 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002741 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002742 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002743 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002744 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002745 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002746 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002747 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002748
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002749 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2750 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2751 return Class->lookup(Name);
2752}
2753
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002754/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2755CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2756 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002757 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002758 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2759 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
2760 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2761 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2762 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2763 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2764 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
2765 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2766 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2767
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002768 return Result->getMethod();
2769}
2770
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002771/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
2772CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002773 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002774 bool RValueThis,
2775 unsigned ThisQuals) {
2776 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2777 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2778 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002779 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2780 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002781 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2782 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2783
2784 return Result->getMethod();
2785}
2786
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002787/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
2788///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00002789/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
2790/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002791///
2792/// \returns The destructor for this class.
2793CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002794 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
2795 false, false, false,
2796 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002797}
2798
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002799/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
2800/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
2801///
2802/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
2803/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
2804/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
2805Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
2806Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2807 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002808 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
2809 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002810 LookupName(R, S);
2811 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
2812 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
2813
2814 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
2815 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
2816
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002817 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002818 bool FoundTemplate = false;
2819 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002820 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
2821
2822 while (F.hasNext()) {
2823 Decl *D = F.next();
2824 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2825 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
2826
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00002827 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
2828 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
2829 F.erase();
2830 continue;
2831 }
2832
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002833 bool IsRaw = false;
2834 bool IsTemplate = false;
2835 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
2836 bool IsExactMatch = false;
2837
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002838 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2839 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
2840 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
2841 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00002842 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002843 IsExactMatch = true;
2844 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2845 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
2846 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
2847 IsExactMatch = false;
2848 break;
2849 }
2850 }
2851 }
2852 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002853 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2854 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
2855 if (Params->size() == 1)
2856 IsTemplate = true;
2857 else
2858 IsStringTemplate = true;
2859 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002860
2861 if (IsExactMatch) {
2862 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002863 AllowRaw = false;
2864 AllowTemplate = false;
2865 AllowStringTemplate = false;
2866 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002867 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
2868 // already found.
2869 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002870 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002871 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002872 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
2873 FoundRaw = true;
2874 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
2875 FoundTemplate = true;
2876 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
2877 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002878 } else {
2879 F.erase();
2880 }
2881 }
2882
2883 F.done();
2884
2885 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
2886 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
2887 // or literal operator template.
2888 if (FoundExactMatch)
2889 return LOLR_Cooked;
2890
2891 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
2892 // operator template, but not both.
2893 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
2894 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002895 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2896 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002897 return LOLR_Error;
2898 }
2899
2900 if (FoundRaw)
2901 return LOLR_Raw;
2902
2903 if (FoundTemplate)
2904 return LOLR_Template;
2905
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002906 if (FoundStringTemplate)
2907 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
2908
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002909 // Didn't find anything we could use.
2910 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
2911 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002912 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
2913 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002914 return LOLR_Error;
2915}
2916
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002917void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
2918 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
2919
2920 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
2921 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002922 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002923 Old = New;
2924 return;
2925 }
2926
2927 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002928 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
2929 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002930
2931 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
2932 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002933 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002934
2935 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
2936 // declaration; leave things as they are.
2937 if (!Cursor) return;
2938
2939 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
2940 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
2941
2942 // Otherwise, keep looking.
2943 }
2944
2945 Old = New;
2946}
2947
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002948void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2949 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002950 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
2951 // arguments we have.
2952 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
2953 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002954 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002955 AssociatedNamespaces,
2956 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002957
2958 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002959 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
2960 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
2961 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
2962 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
2963 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
2964 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
2965 // is the union of X and Y.
2966 //
2967 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
2968 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002969 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002970 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
2971 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
2972 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
2973 //
2974 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
2975 // ignored.
2976 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002977 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002978 // associated classes are visible within their respective
2979 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
2980 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002981 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
2982 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00002983 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
2984 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00002985 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
2986 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
2987 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
2988 continue;
2989
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00002990 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
2991 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
2992 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
2993 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
2994 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC))) {
2995 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
2996 break;
2997 }
2998 }
2999 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00003000 continue;
3001 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003002
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00003003 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3004 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003005
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003006 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003007 continue;
3008
3009 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00003010 }
3011 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003012}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003013
3014//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3015// Search for all visible declarations.
3016//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3017VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
3018
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003019bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3020
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003021namespace {
3022
3023class ShadowContextRAII;
3024
3025class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3026public:
3027 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3028 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3029 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003030 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003031
3032private:
3033 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3034 /// this name within a particular scope.
3035 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3036
3037 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3038 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3039
3040 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3041 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3042
3043 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3044
3045public:
3046 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3047 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3048 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003049 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003050 }
3051
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003052 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3053 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3054 }
3055
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003056 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3057 /// current scope.
3058 ///
3059 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3060 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3061 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3062
3063 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003064 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3065 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3066 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003067};
3068
3069/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3070class ShadowContextRAII {
3071 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3072
3073 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3074
3075public:
3076 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003077 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003078 }
3079
3080 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003081 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3082 }
3083};
3084
3085} // end anonymous namespace
3086
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003087NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
Douglas Gregor0235c422010-01-14 00:06:47 +00003088 // Look through using declarations.
3089 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003090
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003091 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3092 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3093 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3094 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3095 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3096 if (Pos == SM->end())
3097 continue;
3098
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003099 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003100 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003101 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003102 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003103 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3104 continue;
3105
3106 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003107 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003108 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003109 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003110 continue;
3111
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003112 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3113 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3114 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003115 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003116 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003117 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003118 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003119
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003120 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003121 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003122 }
3123 }
3124
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003125 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003126}
3127
3128static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3129 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003130 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003131 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3132 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003133 if (!Ctx)
3134 return;
3135
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003136 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3137 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3138 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003139
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003140 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3141 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3142 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3143 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3144 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3145
3146 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3147 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3148 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3149 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3150 Idents.get(Name);
3151 }
3152
3153 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3154 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3155 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3156 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3157 I != E; ++I) {
3158 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3159 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3160 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3161 Visited.add(ND);
3162 }
3163 }
3164 }
3165 }
3166
3167 return;
3168 }
3169
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003170 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3171 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3172
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003173 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003174 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003175 for (auto *D : R) {
3176 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3177 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3178 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003179 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003180 }
3181 }
3182
3183 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3184 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3185 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003186 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003187 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003188 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003189 }
3190 }
3191
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003192 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003193 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003194 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3195 return;
3196
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003197 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3198 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003199
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003200 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3201 // there anyway.
3202 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3203 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003204
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003205 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3206 if (!Record)
3207 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003208
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003209 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3210 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3211 //
3212 // struct A { int member; };
3213 // struct B { int member; };
3214 // struct C : A, B { };
3215 //
3216 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3217 //
3218 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3219 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3220 // class, e.g.,
3221 //
3222 // c->B::member
3223 //
3224 // or
3225 //
3226 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003227
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003228 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3229 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3230 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003231 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003232 }
3233 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003234
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003235 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3236 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3237 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003238 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003239 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003240 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003241 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003242 }
3243
3244 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003245 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003246 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003247 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003248 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003249 }
3250
3251 // Traverse the superclass.
3252 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3253 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3254 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003255 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003256 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003257
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003258 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3259 // synthesized ivars.
3260 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3261 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003262 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003263 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003264 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003265 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003266 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003267 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003268 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003269 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003270 }
3271 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003272 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003273 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003274 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003275 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003276 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003277
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003278 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3279 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3280 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003281 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003282 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003283 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003284 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003285}
3286
3287static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3288 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3289 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3290 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3291 if (!S)
3292 return;
3293
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003294 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3295 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003296 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3297 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003298 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003299 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003300 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3301 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003302 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003303 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003304 Visited.add(ND);
3305 }
3306 }
3307 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003308
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003309 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003310 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003311 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003312 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3313 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3314 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003315 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003316 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003317
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003318 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003319 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003320 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3321 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3322 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3323 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3324 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003325 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003326 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003327 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003328 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003329 }
3330
3331 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3332 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3333 // outer scope.
3334 break;
3335 }
3336
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003337 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3338 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003339
3340 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003341 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003342 }
3343 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3344 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3345 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3346 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3347 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3348 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3349 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003350 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003351 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003352 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003353 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003354 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003355 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003356 }
3357
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003358 if (Entity) {
3359 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3360 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003361 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3362 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003363 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003364 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003365 }
3366
3367 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3368 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3369 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3370}
3371
3372void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003373 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3374 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003375 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3376 // unqualified name lookup.
3377 Scope *Initial = S;
3378 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003379 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003380 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3381 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3382 S = S->getParent();
3383
3384 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3385 }
3386 UDirs.done();
3387
3388 // Look for visible declarations.
3389 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003390 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003391 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003392 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3393 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003394 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3395 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3396}
3397
3398void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003399 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3400 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003401 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003402 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003403 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003404 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3405 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003406 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003407 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003408 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003409}
3410
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003411/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003412/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3413/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3414/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003415LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003416 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003417 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003418 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003419
3420 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3421 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3422 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3423 Scope *S = CurScope;
3424 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3425 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3426 }
3427
3428 // Not a GNU local label.
3429 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3430 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3431 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003432 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003433 Res = nullptr;
3434 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003435 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003436 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3437 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003438 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3439 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003440 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003441 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3442}
3443
3444//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003445// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003446//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003447
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003448static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3449 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3450 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3451 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3452}
3453
3454static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3455 LookupResult &Res,
3456 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3457 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3458 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3459 bool EnteringContext,
3460 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3461 bool FindHidden);
3462
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003463/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3464/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3465/// a module' correction.
3466static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
3467 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3468 return;
3469
3470 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3471
3472 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3473 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3474 break;
3475 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3476 if (DI == DE)
3477 return;
3478
3479 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3480 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3481
3482 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3483 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3484 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3485 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3486
3487 if (VisibleDecl) {
3488 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3489 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3490 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3491 NewDecls.clear();
3492 }
3493 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3494 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3495 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3496 }
3497
3498 if (NewDecls.empty())
3499 TC = TypoCorrection();
3500 else {
3501 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3502 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3503 }
3504}
3505
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003506// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3507// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3508// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3509static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3510 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3511 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3512 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3513 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3514 else
3515 Identifiers.clear();
3516
3517 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3518
3519 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3520 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3521 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3522 break;
3523
3524 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3525 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3526 return;
3527 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3528 break;
3529
3530 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3531 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3532 break;
3533
3534 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3535 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3536 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3537 break;
3538
3539 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003540 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003541 return;
3542 }
3543
3544 if (II)
3545 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3546}
3547
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003548void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003549 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003550 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3551 if (Hiding)
3552 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003553
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003554 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3555 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3556 // etc.).
3557 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3558 if (!Name)
3559 return;
3560
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003561 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3562 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003563 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003564 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3565 return;
3566
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003567 FoundName(Name->getName());
3568}
3569
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003570void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003571 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3572 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003573 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003574}
3575
3576void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3577 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3578 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003579 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003580}
3581
3582void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3583 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003584 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3585 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003586 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3587 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3588 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003589 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003590
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003591 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3592 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003593 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3594 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003595 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003596
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003597 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003598 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003599 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003600 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003601}
3602
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003603static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3604
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003605void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003606 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003607 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003608
3609 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3610 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3611 // longer than the typo itself.
3612 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3613 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3614 return;
3615
3616 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003617 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3618 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3619 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3620 return;
3621 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003622
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003623 TypoResultList &CList =
3624 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003625
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003626 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3627 CList.pop_back();
3628 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3629 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3630 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3631 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3632 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3633 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3634 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3635 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3636 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3637 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3638 *RI = Correction;
3639 return;
3640 }
3641 }
3642 }
3643 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3644 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003645
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003646 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003647 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3648}
3649
3650void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3651 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3652 SearchNamespaces = true;
3653
3654 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3655 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3656
3657 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3658 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3659 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3660 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3661 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3662 }
3663 for (const auto *TI : SemaRef.getASTContext().types()) {
3664 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3665 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3666 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3667 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3668 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3669 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3670 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3671 }
3672 }
3673}
3674
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003675const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
3676 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
3677 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3678
3679 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003680 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
3681 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
3682 if (DI->second.empty()) {
3683 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
3684 continue;
3685 }
3686
3687 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
3688 if (RI->second.empty()) {
3689 DI->second.erase(RI);
3690 performQualifiedLookups();
3691 continue;
3692 }
3693
3694 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003695 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003696 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
3697 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3698 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003699 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003700 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003701}
3702
3703bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3704 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
3705 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003706 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003707retry_lookup:
3708 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
3709 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003710 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003711 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
3712 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3713 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3714 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3715 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3716 if (TempSS) {
3717 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
3718 TempSS = nullptr;
3719 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
3720 goto retry_lookup;
3721 }
3722 if (TempMemberContext) {
3723 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003724 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003725 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
3726 goto retry_lookup;
3727 }
3728 if (SearchNamespaces)
3729 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3730 break;
3731
3732 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3733 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
3734 break;
3735
3736 case LookupResult::Found:
3737 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
3738 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
3739 for (auto *TRD : Result)
3740 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003741 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003742 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003743 if (SearchNamespaces)
3744 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3745 break;
3746 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00003747 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003748 return true;
3749 }
3750 return false;
3751}
3752
3753void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
3754 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
3755 for (auto QR : QualifiedResults) {
3756 for (auto NSI : Namespaces) {
3757 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
3758 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
3759
3760 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
3761 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
3762 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
3763 // is an appropriate correction.
3764 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0) {
3765 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
3766 continue;
3767 }
3768
3769 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
3770 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
3771 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
3772 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
3773 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
3774
3775 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
3776 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
3777 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
3778 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
3779 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
3780 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
3781 continue;
3782
3783 Result.clear();
3784 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
3785 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
3786 continue;
3787
3788 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
3789 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
3790 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3791 case LookupResult::Found:
3792 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
3793 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
3794 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3795 std::string OldQualified;
3796 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
3797 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
3798 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
3799 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
3800 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
3801 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
3802 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
3803 break;
3804 }
3805 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
3806 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
3807 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
3808 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
3809 : nullptr,
3810 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
3811 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
3812 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003813 if (TC.isResolved()) {
3814 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003815 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003816 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003817 break;
3818 }
3819 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3820 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3821 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3822 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3823 break;
3824 }
3825 }
3826 }
3827 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003828}
3829
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003830TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
3831 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00003832 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003833 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3834 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3835 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
3836 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3837
3838 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3839 }
3840 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
3841 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
3842 // context.
3843 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3844 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3845 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3846 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
3847 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
3848 }
3849
3850 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00003851 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
3852 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
3853 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003854}
3855
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00003856auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
3857 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00003858 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003859 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003860 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003861 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
3862 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
3863 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
3864 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
3865 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
3866 }
3867 return Chain;
3868}
3869
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003870unsigned
3871TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
3872 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003873 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
3874 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
3875 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
3876 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3877 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
3878 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
3879 ++NumSpecifiers;
3880 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
3881 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
3882 RD->getTypeForDecl());
3883 ++NumSpecifiers;
3884 }
3885 }
3886 return NumSpecifiers;
3887}
3888
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003889void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
3890 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003891 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003892 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003893 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003894 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
3895
3896 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
3897 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3898 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3899 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
3900 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
3901 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
3902 }
3903
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003904 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003905 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003906
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003907 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
3908 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003909 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003910 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003911 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003912 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003913 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
3914 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003915 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003916 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
3917 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003918 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
3919 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003920 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
3921 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
3922 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3923 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3924 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3925 SpecifierOStream.flush();
3926 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003927 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003928 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
3929 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
3930 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
3931 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
3932 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
3933 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003934 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003935 }
3936 }
3937
3938 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
3939 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
3940 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
3941 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
3942 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
3943 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3944 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3945 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00003946 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
3947 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003948 }
3949
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00003950 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
3951 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003952}
3953
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003954/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
3955static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3956 LookupResult &Res,
3957 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3958 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3959 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3960 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003961 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3962 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003963 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3964 Res.clear();
3965 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003966 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003967 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003968 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003969 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003970 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3971 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
3972 Res.resolveKind();
3973 return;
3974 }
3975 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003976
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003977 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(Name)) {
3978 Res.addDecl(Prop);
3979 Res.resolveKind();
3980 return;
3981 }
3982 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003983
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003984 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
3985 return;
3986 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003987
3988 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003989 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003990
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003991 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
3992 // LookupParsedName.
3993 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
3994 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003995 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003996 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
3997 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003998 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003999 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4000 Res.addDecl(IV);
4001 Res.resolveKind();
4002 }
4003 }
4004 }
4005}
4006
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004007/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
4008static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
4009 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004010 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4011 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4012 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4013 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4014 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4015 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4016 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4017 return;
4018 }
4019
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004020 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4021 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004022
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004023 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004024 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004025 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004026 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004027 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004028 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4029 // storage-specifiers as well
4030 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4031 };
4032
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004033 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004034 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4035 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4036
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004037 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004038 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004039 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004040 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004041 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004042 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4043
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004044 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004045 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4046 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4047 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4048
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004049 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004050 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4051 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4052 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4053 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4054 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4055 }
4056 }
4057
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004058 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004059 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004060 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4061 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4062 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4063 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4064 };
4065 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4066 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004067 }
4068
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004069 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004070 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4071 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4072 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4073 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4074 }
4075
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004076 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004077 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004078 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004079 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4080 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4081 }
4082
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004083 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004084 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004085 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4086 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004087 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004088 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4089 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4090
4091 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4092 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4093 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4094
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004095 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004096 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4097 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4098 }
4099 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004100
4101 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4102 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4103 // is present.
4104 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4105 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004106 }
4107
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004108 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004109 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4110 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004111 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004112 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004113 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004114 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4115 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4116
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004117 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004118 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4119 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4120 }
4121
4122 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4123 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4124
4125 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4126 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4127
4128 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4129 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4130 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4131 }
4132 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004133 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004134 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4135 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4136 }
4137
4138 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4139 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4140 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4141 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4142 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4143 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4144 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4145 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4146 }
4147 }
4148
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004149 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004150 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4151
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004152 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004153 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4154 }
4155 }
4156}
4157
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004158std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4159 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4160 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4161 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4162 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004163 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004164
4165 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4166 DisableTypoCorrection)
4167 return nullptr;
4168
4169 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4170 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4171 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4172 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4173 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4174 return nullptr;
4175
4176 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4177 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4178 if (!Typo)
4179 return nullptr;
4180
4181 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4182 // typos.
4183 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4184 return nullptr;
4185
4186 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4187 // instantiation.
4188 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
4189 return nullptr;
4190
4191 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4192 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4193 return nullptr;
4194
4195 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4196 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4197 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4198 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4199 return nullptr;
4200
4201 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4202 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4203 // remove this workaround.
4204 if (getLangOpts().AltiVec && Typo->isStr("vector"))
4205 return nullptr;
4206
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004207 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4208 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4209 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4210 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4211 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4212 return nullptr;
4213 ++TyposCorrected;
4214
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004215 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4216 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4217 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4218 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4219 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4220 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4221 TypoName.getLocStart());
4222 }
4223
4224 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4225 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4226 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4227 EnteringContext);
4228
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004229 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004230 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004231 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4232 if (MemberContext) {
4233 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4234
4235 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4236 if (OPT) {
4237 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4238 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4239 }
4240 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4241 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4242 if (!QualifiedDC)
4243 return nullptr;
4244
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004245 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4246 } else {
4247 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004248 }
4249
4250 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4251 // corrections.
4252 bool SearchNamespaces
4253 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4254 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4255
4256 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4257 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4258 // seen in this translation unit.
4259 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4260 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4261 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4262
4263 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4264 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4265 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4266 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4267 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4268 do {
4269 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4270 if (Name.empty())
4271 break;
4272
4273 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4274 } while (true);
4275 }
4276 }
4277
4278 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4279
4280 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4281 // to search those namespaces.
4282 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4283 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4284 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4285 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4286 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4287 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4288 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4289 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4290 }
4291
4292 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4293 }
4294
4295 return Consumer;
4296}
4297
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004298/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4299/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4300/// present in the source code.
4301///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004302/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4303/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4304///
4305/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004306///
4307/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4308///
4309/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4310/// looking for, if present.
4311///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004312/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4313/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4314/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4315///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004316/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4317/// a member access expression.
4318///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004319/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004320/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4321///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004322/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4323/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4324///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004325/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4326/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4327/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4328/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4329TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4330 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4331 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004332 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004333 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004334 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4335 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004336 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4337 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004338 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4339
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004340 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4341 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4342 if (ExternalSource) {
4343 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004344 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004345 return Correction;
4346 }
4347
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004348 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4349 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4350 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4351 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4352 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004353
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004354 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004355 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4356 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004357 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004358
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004359 if (!Consumer)
4360 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004361
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004362 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004363 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004364 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004365
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004366 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4367 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004368 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4369 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004370 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004371 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004372
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004373 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4374 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004375 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004376 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004377
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004378 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004379
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004380 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004381 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4382 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4383 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004384 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004385 }
4386
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004387 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004388 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4389 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4390 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004391
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004392 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4393 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004394 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4395 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004396
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004397 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4398 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004399 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004400 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004401 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004402 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4403 // context.
4404
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004405 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4406 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4407 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004408 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4409 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004410 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004411 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4412 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004413 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4414 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004415 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004416
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004417 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4418 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004419 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004420
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004421 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4422 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4423 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004424 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004425}
4426
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004427/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4428/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4429/// present in the source code.
4430///
4431/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4432/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4433///
4434/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4435///
4436/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4437///
4438/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4439/// looking for, if present.
4440///
4441/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4442/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4443/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4444///
4445/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4446/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4447///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004448/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4449/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4450///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004451/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4452/// a member access expression.
4453///
4454/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4455/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4456///
4457/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4458/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4459///
4460/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4461/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4462/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4463/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4464/// needed.
4465TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4466 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4467 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4468 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004469 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004470 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4471 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4472 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4473
4474 TypoCorrection Empty;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004475 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4476 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004477 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004478
4479 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4480 return nullptr;
4481
4482 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4483 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4484 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4485 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4486 if (ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
4487 return nullptr;
4488
4489 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004490 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004491}
4492
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004493void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4494 if (!CDecl) return;
4495
4496 if (isKeyword())
4497 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4498
Kaelyn Uhrainf60b55a2012-11-19 18:49:53 +00004499 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl->getUnderlyingDecl());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004500
4501 if (!CorrectionName)
4502 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4503}
4504
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004505std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4506 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4507 std::string tmpBuffer;
4508 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4509 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004510 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004511 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004512 }
4513
4514 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004515}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004516
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004517bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4518 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004519 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4520 return true;
4521
4522 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4523 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4524 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4525
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004526 bool HasNonType = false;
4527 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4528 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4529 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4530 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4531 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4532 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4533 if (Method->isStatic())
4534 HasStaticMethod = true;
4535 else
4536 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4537 }
4538 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4539 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004540 }
4541
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004542 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4543 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4544 return false;
4545
4546 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004547}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004548
4549FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004550 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004551 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004552 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004553 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004554 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4555 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004556 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4557}
4558
4559bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4560 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4561 return candidate.isKeyword();
4562
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004563 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004564 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004565 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004566 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4567 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4568 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4569 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4570 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4571 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4572 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4573 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4574 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4575 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4576 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004577 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004578 return true;
4579 }
4580 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004581
4582 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4583 // the current number of arguments.
4584 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4585 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4586 continue;
4587
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004588 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4589 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4590 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4591 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004592 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004593 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4594 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4595 MemberFn
4596 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4597 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004598 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004599 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004600 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4601 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4602 continue;
4603 }
4604 }
4605 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004606 }
4607 return false;
4608}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004609
4610void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4611 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4612 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4613 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4614 ErrorRecovery);
4615}
4616
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004617/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4618/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004619static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4620 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004621 return VD->getDefinition();
4622 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004623 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(FD) : nullptr;
4624 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004625 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004626 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004627 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004628 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004629 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004630 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004631 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004632 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004633}
4634
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004635/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4636/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4637///
4638/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4639/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4640/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4641/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4642/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4643/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4644/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4645/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4646/// to it.
4647void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4648 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4649 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4650 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4651 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4652 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4653 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4654 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4655
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004656 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4657 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
4658 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4659 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4660
4661 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4662 // possible.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004663 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004664 if (!Def)
4665 Def = Decl;
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004666 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Def);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004667 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4668
4669 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4670 diag::err_module_private_declaration)
4671 << Def << Owner->getFullModuleName();
4672 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4673
4674 // Recover by implicitly importing this module.
Richard Smith3d23c422014-05-07 02:25:43 +00004675 if (ErrorRecovery)
4676 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(
4677 Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Owner);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004678 return;
4679 }
4680
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004681 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4682 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4683
4684 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004685 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004686 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4687 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4688 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4689}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004690
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004691TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
4692 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
4693 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004694 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
4695 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
4696 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
4697 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
4698 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004699 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004700 return TE;
4701}
4702
4703const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
4704 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
4705 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
4706 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
4707 return Entry->second;
4708}
4709
4710void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
4711 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
4712}